xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision b43be55e)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
436 **
437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
443 */
444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
445 struct PagerSavepoint {
446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
453 #endif
454 };
455 
456 /*
457 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
458 */
459 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01      /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02      /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04      /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
462 
463 /*
464 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
465 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
466 **
467 ** eState
468 **
469 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
470 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
471 **
472 ** eLock
473 **
474 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
475 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
476 **
477 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
478 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
479 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
480 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
481 **   need (and no reason to release them).
482 **
483 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
484 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
485 **   details.
486 **
487 ** changeCountDone
488 **
489 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
490 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
491 **   not updated more often than necessary.
492 **
493 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
494 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
495 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
496 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
497 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
498 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
499 **
500 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
501 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
502 **   committed.
503 **
504 ** setMaster
505 **
506 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
507 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
508 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
509 **
510 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
511 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
512 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
513 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
514 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
515 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
516 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
517 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
518 **
519 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
520 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
521 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
522 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
523 **
524 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
525 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
526 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
527 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
528 **
529 ** doNotSpill
530 **
531 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
532 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
533 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
534 **
535 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
536 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
537 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
538 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
539 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
540 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
541 **   case is a user preference.
542 **
543 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress()
544 **   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
545 **   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
546 **   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
547 **   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
548 **
549 ** subjInMemory
550 **
551 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
552 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
553 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
554 **
555 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
556 **   write-transaction is opened.
557 **
558 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
559 **
560 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
561 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
562 **   OPEN and ERROR).
563 **
564 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
565 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
566 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
567 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
568 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
569 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
570 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
571 **   to dbSize==1).
572 **
573 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
574 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
575 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
576 **   dbSize is updated.
577 **
578 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
579 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
580 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
581 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
582 **   being modified.
583 **
584 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
585 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
586 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
587 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
588 **
589 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
590 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
591 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
592 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
593 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
594 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
595 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
596 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
597 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
598 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
599 **
600 ** dbHintSize
601 **
602 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
603 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
604 **
605 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
606 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
607 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
608 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
609 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
610 **   details.
611 **
612 ** errCode
613 **
614 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
615 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
616 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
617 **   sub-codes.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
627   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
628   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 
634   /**************************************************************************
635   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
636   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
637   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
638   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
639   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
640   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
641   ** "configuration" of the pager.
642   */
643   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
644   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
645   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
646   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
647   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
648   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
649   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
650   u8 hasBeenUsed;             /* True if any content previously read from this pager*/
651   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
652   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
653   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
654   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
655   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
656   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
657   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
658   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
659   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
660   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
661   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
662   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
663   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
664   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
665   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
666   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
667   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
668   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
669   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
670 
671   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
672   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
673   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
674   /*
675   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
676   ***************************************************************************/
677 
678   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
679   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
680   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
681   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
682   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
683   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
685   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
686   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
687   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
688   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
689   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
691   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
692 #endif
693   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
694 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
695   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
696   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
697   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
698   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
699 #endif
700   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
701   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
702 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
703   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
704   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
705 #endif
706 };
707 
708 /*
709 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
710 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
711 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
712 */
713 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
714 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
715 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
716 
717 /*
718 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
719 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
720 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
721 */
722 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
723 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
724 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
725 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
726 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
727 #else
728 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
729 #endif
730 
731 
732 
733 /*
734 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
735 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
736 **
737 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
738 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
739 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
740 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
741 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
742 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
743 ** journal and ignore it.
744 **
745 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
746 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
747 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
748 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
749 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
750 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
751 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
752 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
753 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
754 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
755 */
756 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
757   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
758 };
759 
760 /*
761 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
762 ** the following macro.
763 */
764 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
765 
766 /*
767 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
768 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
769 */
770 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
771 
772 /*
773 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
774 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
775 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
776 ** out code that would never execute.
777 */
778 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
779 # define MEMDB 0
780 #else
781 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
782 #endif
783 
784 /*
785 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
786 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
787 */
788 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
789 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
790 #else
791 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
792 #endif
793 
794 /*
795 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
796 */
797 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
798 
799 /*
800 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
801 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
802 **
803 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
804 **
805 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
806 **
807 ** instead of
808 **
809 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
810 */
811 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
812 
813 /*
814 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
815 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
816 */
817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
818 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
819   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
820 }
821 #else
822 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
823 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
824 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
825 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
826 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
827 #endif
828 
829 #ifndef NDEBUG
830 /*
831 ** Usage:
832 **
833 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
834 **
835 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
836 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
837 */
838 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
839   Pager *pPager = p;
840 
841   /* State must be valid. */
842   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
843        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
844        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
845        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
846        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
847        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
848        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
849   );
850 
851   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
852   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
853   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
854   */
855   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
856   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
857 
858   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
859   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
860   */
861   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
862   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
863 
864   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
865   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
866   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
867   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
868   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
869   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
870   ** state.
871   */
872   if( MEMDB ){
873     assert( p->noSync );
874     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
875          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
876     );
877     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
878     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
879   }
880 
881   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
882   ** on the file.
883   */
884   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
885   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
886 
887   switch( p->eState ){
888     case PAGER_OPEN:
889       assert( !MEMDB );
890       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
891       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
892       break;
893 
894     case PAGER_READER:
895       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
896       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
897       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
898       break;
899 
900     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
901       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
902       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
903       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
904         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
905       }
906       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
907       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
908       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
909       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
910       break;
911 
912     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
913       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
914       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
915       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
916         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
917         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
918         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
919         ** to journal_mode=wal.
920         */
921         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
922         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
923              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
924              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
925         );
926       }
927       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
928       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
929       break;
930 
931     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
932       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
933       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
934       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
935       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
936       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
937            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
938            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
939       );
940       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
941       break;
942 
943     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
944       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
945       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
946       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
947       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950       );
951       break;
952 
953     case PAGER_ERROR:
954       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
955       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
956       ** back to OPEN state.
957       */
958       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
959       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
960       break;
961   }
962 
963   return 1;
964 }
965 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
966 
967 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
968 /*
969 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
970 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
971 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
972 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
973 **
974 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
975 */
976 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
977   static char zRet[1024];
978 
979   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
980       "Filename:      %s\n"
981       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
982       "Lock:          %s\n"
983       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
984       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
985       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
986       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
987       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
988       , p->zFilename
989       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
990         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
991         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
992         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
993         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
994         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
995         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
996       , (int)p->errCode
997       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
998         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
999         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1000         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1001         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1002       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1003       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1004         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1005         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1006         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1007         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1008         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1009       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1010       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1011       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1012   );
1013 
1014   return zRet;
1015 }
1016 #endif
1017 
1018 /*
1019 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1020 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1021 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1022 **
1023 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1024 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1025 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1026 */
1027 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1028   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1029   PagerSavepoint *p;
1030   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1031   int i;
1032   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1033     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1034     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1035       return 1;
1036     }
1037   }
1038   return 0;
1039 }
1040 
1041 /*
1042 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1043 */
1044 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1045   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1046 }
1047 
1048 /*
1049 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1050 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1051 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1052 **
1053 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1054 */
1055 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1056   unsigned char ac[4];
1057   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1058   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1059     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1060   }
1061   return rc;
1062 }
1063 
1064 /*
1065 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1066 */
1067 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1068 
1069 
1070 /*
1071 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1072 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1073 */
1074 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1075   char ac[4];
1076   put32bits(ac, val);
1077   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1078 }
1079 
1080 /*
1081 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1082 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1083 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1084 **
1085 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1086 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1087 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1088 */
1089 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1090   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1091 
1092   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1093   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1094   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1095   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1096     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1097     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1098     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1099       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1100     }
1101     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1102   }
1103   return rc;
1104 }
1105 
1106 /*
1107 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1108 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1109 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1110 **
1111 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1112 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1113 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1114 ** of this.
1115 */
1116 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1117   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1118 
1119   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1120   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1121     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1122     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1123       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1124       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1125     }
1126   }
1127   return rc;
1128 }
1129 
1130 /*
1131 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1132 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1133 **
1134 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1135 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1136 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1137 **      to the page size.
1138 **
1139 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1140 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1141 ** database.
1142 **
1143 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1144 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1145 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1146 */
1147 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1148 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1149   assert( !MEMDB );
1150   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1151     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1152     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1153     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1154 
1155     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1156     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1157     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1158     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1159 
1160     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1161     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1162     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1163       return 0;
1164     }
1165   }
1166 
1167   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1168 }
1169 #endif
1170 
1171 /*
1172 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1173 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1174 ** and debugging only.
1175 */
1176 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1177 /*
1178 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1179 */
1180 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1181   u32 hash = 0;
1182   int i;
1183   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1184     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1185   }
1186   return hash;
1187 }
1188 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1189   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1190 }
1191 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1192   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1193 }
1194 
1195 /*
1196 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1197 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1198 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1199 */
1200 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1201 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1202   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1203   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1204   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1205 }
1206 
1207 #else
1208 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1209 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1210 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1211 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1212 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1213 
1214 /*
1215 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1216 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1217 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1218 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1219 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1220 **
1221 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1222 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1223 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1224 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1225 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1226 ** were present in the journal.
1227 **
1228 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1229 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1230 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1231 ** journal file name.
1232 **
1233 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1234 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1235 **
1236 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1237 ** error code is returned.
1238 */
1239 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1240   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1241   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1242   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1243   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1244   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1245   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1246   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1247 
1248   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1249    || szJ<16
1250    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1251    || len>=nMaster
1252    || len==0
1253    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1254    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1255    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1256    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1257   ){
1258     return rc;
1259   }
1260 
1261   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1262   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1263     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1264   }
1265   if( cksum ){
1266     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1267     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1268     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1269     ** master-journal filename.
1270     */
1271     len = 0;
1272   }
1273   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1274 
1275   return SQLITE_OK;
1276 }
1277 
1278 /*
1279 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1280 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1281 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1282 **
1283 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1284 **
1285 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1286 **   ---------------------------------------
1287 **   0                         0
1288 **   512                       512
1289 **   100                       512
1290 **   2000                      2048
1291 **
1292 */
1293 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1294   i64 offset = 0;
1295   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1296   if( c ){
1297     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1298   }
1299   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1300   assert( offset>=c );
1301   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1302   return offset;
1303 }
1304 
1305 /*
1306 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1307 **
1308 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1309 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1310 **
1311 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1312 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1313 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1314 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1315 ** after writing or truncating it.
1316 **
1317 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1318 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1319 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1320 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1321 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1322 **
1323 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1324 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1325 */
1326 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1327   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1328   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1329   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1330     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1331 
1332     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1333     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1334       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1335     }else{
1336       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1337       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1338     }
1339     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1340       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1341     }
1342 
1343     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1344     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1345     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1346     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1347     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1348     */
1349     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1350       i64 sz;
1351       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1352       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1353         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1354       }
1355     }
1356   }
1357   return rc;
1358 }
1359 
1360 /*
1361 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1362 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1363 ** current location.
1364 **
1365 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1366 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1367 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1368 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1369 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1370 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1371 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1372 **
1373 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1374 */
1375 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1376   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1377   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1378   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1379   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1380   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1381 
1382   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1383 
1384   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1385     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1386   }
1387 
1388   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1389   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1390   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1391   */
1392   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1393     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1394       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1395     }
1396   }
1397 
1398   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1399 
1400   /*
1401   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1402   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1403   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1404   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1405   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1406   **
1407   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1408   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1409   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1410   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1411   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1412   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1413   **
1414   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1415   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1416   **
1417   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1418   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1419   */
1420   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1421   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1422    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1423   ){
1424     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1425     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1426   }else{
1427     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1428   }
1429 
1430   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1431   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1432   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1433   /* The initial database size */
1434   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1435   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1436   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1437 
1438   /* The page size */
1439   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1440 
1441   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1442   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1443   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1444   ** take the performance hit.
1445   */
1446   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1447          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1448 
1449   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1450   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1451   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1452   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1453   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1454   **
1455   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1456   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1457   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1458   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1459   ** is done.
1460   **
1461   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1462   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1463   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1464   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1465   */
1466   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1467     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1468     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1469     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1470     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1471   }
1472 
1473   return rc;
1474 }
1475 
1476 /*
1477 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1478 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1479 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1480 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1481 ** a description of the journal header format.
1482 **
1483 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1484 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1485 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1486 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1487 ** in this case.
1488 **
1489 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1490 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1491 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1492 */
1493 static int readJournalHdr(
1494   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1495   int isHot,
1496   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1497   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1498   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1499 ){
1500   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1501   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1502   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1503 
1504   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1505 
1506   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1507   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1508   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1509   */
1510   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1511   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1512     return SQLITE_DONE;
1513   }
1514   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1515 
1516   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1517   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1518   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1519   ** proceed.
1520   */
1521   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1522     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1523     if( rc ){
1524       return rc;
1525     }
1526     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1527       return SQLITE_DONE;
1528     }
1529   }
1530 
1531   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1532   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1533   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1534   */
1535   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1536    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1537    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1538   ){
1539     return rc;
1540   }
1541 
1542   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1543     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1544     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1545 
1546     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1547     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1548      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1549     ){
1550       return rc;
1551     }
1552 
1553     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1554     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1555     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1556     */
1557     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1558       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1559     }
1560 
1561     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1562     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1563     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1564     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1565     */
1566     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1567      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1568      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1569     ){
1570       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1571       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1572       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1573       ** the journal file here.
1574       */
1575       return SQLITE_DONE;
1576     }
1577 
1578     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1579     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1580     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1581     */
1582     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1583     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1584 
1585     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1586     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1587     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1588     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1589     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1590     */
1591     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1592   }
1593 
1594   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1595   return rc;
1596 }
1597 
1598 
1599 /*
1600 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1601 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1602 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1603 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1604 ** anything is written. The format is:
1605 **
1606 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1607 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1608 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1609 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1610 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1611 **
1612 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1613 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1614 **
1615 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1616 ** this call is a no-op.
1617 */
1618 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1619   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1620   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1621   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1622   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1623   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1624 
1625   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1626   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1627 
1628   if( !zMaster
1629    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1630    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1631   ){
1632     return SQLITE_OK;
1633   }
1634   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1635   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1636 
1637   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1638   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1639     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1640   }
1641 
1642   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1643   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1644   ** the journal has already been synced.
1645   */
1646   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1647     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1648   }
1649   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1650 
1651   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1652   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1653   */
1654   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1655    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1656    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1657    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1658    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1659   ){
1660     return rc;
1661   }
1662   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1663 
1664   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1665   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1666   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1667   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1668   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1669   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1670   **
1671   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1672   ** file to the required size.
1673   */
1674   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1675    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1676   ){
1677     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1678   }
1679   return rc;
1680 }
1681 
1682 /*
1683 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1684 */
1685 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1686   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1687   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1688   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1689 }
1690 
1691 /*
1692 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1693 */
1694 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1695   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1696   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1697 }
1698 
1699 /*
1700 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1701 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1702 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1703 */
1704 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1705   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1706   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1707     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1708   }
1709   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1710     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1711   }
1712   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1713   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1714   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1715   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1716 }
1717 
1718 /*
1719 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1720 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1721 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1722 */
1723 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1724   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1725   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1726 
1727   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1728     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1729     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1730       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1731       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1732       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1733     }
1734   }
1735   return rc;
1736 }
1737 
1738 /*
1739 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1740 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1741 ** state.
1742 **
1743 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1744 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1745 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1746 ** closed (if it is open).
1747 **
1748 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1749 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1750 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1751 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1752 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1753 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1754 */
1755 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1756 
1757   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1758        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1759        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1760   );
1761 
1762   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1763   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1764   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1765 
1766   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1767     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1768     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1769     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1770   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1771     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1772     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1773 
1774     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1775     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1776     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1777     ** out from under us.
1778     */
1779     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1780     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1781     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1782     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1783     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1784     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1785     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1786      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1787     ){
1788       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1789     }
1790 
1791     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1792     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1793     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1794     ** is necessary.
1795     */
1796     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1797     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1798       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1799     }
1800 
1801     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1802     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1803     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1804     */
1805     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1806     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1807     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1808   }
1809 
1810   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1811   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1812   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1813   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1814   */
1815   if( pPager->errCode ){
1816     assert( !MEMDB );
1817     pager_reset(pPager);
1818     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1819     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1820     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1821     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1822   }
1823 
1824   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1825   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1826   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1827 }
1828 
1829 /*
1830 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1831 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1832 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1833 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1834 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1835 **
1836 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1837 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1838 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1839 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1840 **
1841 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1842 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1843 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1844 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1845 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1846 ** it were a hot-journal).
1847 */
1848 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1849   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1850   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1851   assert(
1852        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1853        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1854        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1855   );
1856   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1857     pPager->errCode = rc;
1858     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1859   }
1860   return rc;
1861 }
1862 
1863 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1864 
1865 /*
1866 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1867 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1868 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1869 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1870 ** database transaction.
1871 **
1872 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1873 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1874 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1875 **
1876 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1877 **
1878 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1879 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1880 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1881 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1882 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1883 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1884 **
1885 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1886 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1887 **     in-memory journal.
1888 **
1889 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1890 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1891 **
1892 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1893 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1894 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1895 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1896 **
1897 **   journalMode==DELETE
1898 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1899 **
1900 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1901 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1902 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1903 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1904 **
1905 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1906 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1907 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1908 **
1909 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1910 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1911 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1912 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1913 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1914 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1915 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1916 ** returned.
1917 */
1918 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1919   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1920   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1921 
1922   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1923   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1924   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1925   ** held under two circumstances:
1926   **
1927   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1928   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1929   **
1930   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1931   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1932   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1933   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1934   */
1935   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1936   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1937   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1938     return SQLITE_OK;
1939   }
1940 
1941   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1942   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1943   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1944     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1945 
1946     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1947     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1948       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1949       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1950     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1951       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1952         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1953       }else{
1954         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1955         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
1956           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
1957           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
1958           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
1959           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
1960           */
1961           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
1962         }
1963       }
1964       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1965     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1966       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1967     ){
1968       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1969       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1970     }else{
1971       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1972       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1973       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1974       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1975       */
1976       int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1977       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1978            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1979            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1980       );
1981       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1982       if( bDelete ){
1983         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
1984       }
1985     }
1986   }
1987 
1988 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1989   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
1990   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
1991     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
1992     if( p ){
1993       p->pageHash = 0;
1994       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
1995     }
1996   }
1997 #endif
1998 
1999   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2000   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2001   pPager->nRec = 0;
2002   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2003   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2004 
2005   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2006     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2007     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2008     ** lock held on the database file.
2009     */
2010     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2011     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2012   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2013     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2014     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2015     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2016     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2017     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2018     ** required size.  */
2019     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2020     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2021   }
2022 
2023   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2024     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2025     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2026   }
2027 
2028   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2029    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2030   ){
2031     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2032     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2033   }
2034   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2035   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2036 
2037   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2038 }
2039 
2040 /*
2041 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2042 ** database file.
2043 **
2044 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2045 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2046 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2047 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2048 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2049 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2050 ** will roll it back.
2051 **
2052 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2053 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2054 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2055 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2056 */
2057 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2058   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2059     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2060     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2061       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2062       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2063       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2064     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2065       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2066       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2067     }
2068   }
2069   pager_unlock(pPager);
2070 }
2071 
2072 /*
2073 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2074 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2075 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2076 **
2077 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2078 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2079 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2080 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2081 **
2082 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2083 ** incompatible journal file format.
2084 **
2085 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2086 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2087 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2088 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2089 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2090 */
2091 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2092   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2093   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2094   while( i>0 ){
2095     cksum += aData[i];
2096     i -= 200;
2097   }
2098   return cksum;
2099 }
2100 
2101 /*
2102 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2103 ** to the codec.
2104 */
2105 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2106 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2107   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2108     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2109                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2110   }
2111 }
2112 #else
2113 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2114 #endif
2115 
2116 /*
2117 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2118 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2119 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2120 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2121 **
2122 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2123 ** not.
2124 **
2125 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2126 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2127 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2128 **
2129 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2130 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2131 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2132 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2133 ** prior to returning.
2134 **
2135 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2136 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2137 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2138 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2139 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2140 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2141 ** two circumstances:
2142 **
2143 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2144 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2145 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2146 **
2147 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2148 **
2149 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2150 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2151 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2152 */
2153 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2154   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2155   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2156   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2157   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2158   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2159 ){
2160   int rc;
2161   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2162   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2163   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2164   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2165   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2166   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2167 
2168   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2169   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2170   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2171   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2172 
2173   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2174   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2175   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2176 
2177   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2178   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2179   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2180   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2181   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2182   */
2183   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2184        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2185   );
2186   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2187 
2188   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2189   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2190   */
2191   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2192   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2193   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2194   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2195   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2196   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2197 
2198   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2199   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2200   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2201   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2202   */
2203   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2204     assert( !isSavepnt );
2205     return SQLITE_DONE;
2206   }
2207   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2208     return SQLITE_OK;
2209   }
2210   if( isMainJrnl ){
2211     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2212     if( rc ) return rc;
2213     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2214       return SQLITE_DONE;
2215     }
2216   }
2217 
2218   /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
2219   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2220   */
2221   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2222     return rc;
2223   }
2224 
2225   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2226   */
2227   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2228     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2229     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2230   }
2231 
2232   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2233   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2234   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2235   **
2236   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2237   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2238   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2239   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2240   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2241   ** assert()able.
2242   **
2243   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2244   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2245   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2246   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2247   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2248   **
2249   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2250   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2251   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2252   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2253   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2254   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2255   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2256   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2257   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2258   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2259   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2260   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2261   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2262   **
2263   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2264   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2265   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2266   */
2267   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2268     pPg = 0;
2269   }else{
2270     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2271   }
2272   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2273   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2274   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2275            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2276            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2277   ));
2278   if( isMainJrnl ){
2279     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2280   }else{
2281     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2282   }
2283   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2284    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2285    && isSynced
2286   ){
2287     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2288     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2289     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2290     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2291     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2292       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2293     }
2294     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2295       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2296       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2297       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2298     }
2299   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2300     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2301     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2302     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2303     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2304     ** current.
2305     **
2306     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2307     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2308     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2309     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2310     **
2311     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2312     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2313     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2314     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2315     */
2316     assert( isSavepnt );
2317     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2318     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2319     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2320     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2321     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2322     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2323     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2324     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2325   }
2326   if( pPg ){
2327     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2328     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2329     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2330     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2331     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2332     */
2333     void *pData;
2334     pData = pPg->pData;
2335     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2336     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2337     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2338       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2339       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2340       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2341       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2342       ** database.
2343       **
2344       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2345       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2346       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2347       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2348       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2349       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2350       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2351       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2352       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2353       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2354       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2355       ** database corruption may ensue.
2356       */
2357       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2358       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2359     }
2360     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2361 
2362     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2363     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2364     if( pgno==1 ){
2365       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2366     }
2367 
2368     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2369     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2370     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2371   }
2372   return rc;
2373 }
2374 
2375 /*
2376 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2377 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2378 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2379 ** and does so if it is.
2380 **
2381 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2382 ** available for use within this function.
2383 **
2384 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2385 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2386 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2387 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2388 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2389 **
2390 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2391 **
2392 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2393 ** journals have been rolled back.
2394 **
2395 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2396 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2397 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2398 **
2399 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2400 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2401 **     file zMaster
2402 **
2403 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2404 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2405 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2406 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2407 **
2408 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2409 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2410 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2411 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2412 **
2413 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2414 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2415 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2416 ** size.
2417 */
2418 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2419   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2420   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2421   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2422   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2423   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2424   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2425   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2426   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2427   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2428 
2429   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2430   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2431   */
2432   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2433   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2434   if( !pMaster ){
2435     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2436   }else{
2437     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2438     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2439   }
2440   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2441 
2442   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2443   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2444   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2445   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2446   */
2447   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2448   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2449   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2450   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2451   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2452     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2453     goto delmaster_out;
2454   }
2455   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2456   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2457   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2458   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2459 
2460   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2461   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2462     int exists;
2463     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2464     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2465       goto delmaster_out;
2466     }
2467     if( exists ){
2468       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2469       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2470       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2471       */
2472       int c;
2473       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2474       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2475       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2476         goto delmaster_out;
2477       }
2478 
2479       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2480       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2481       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2482         goto delmaster_out;
2483       }
2484 
2485       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2486       if( c ){
2487         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2488         goto delmaster_out;
2489       }
2490     }
2491     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2492   }
2493 
2494   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2495   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2496 
2497 delmaster_out:
2498   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2499   if( pMaster ){
2500     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2501     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2502     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2503   }
2504   return rc;
2505 }
2506 
2507 
2508 /*
2509 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2510 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2511 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2512 **
2513 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2514 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2515 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2516 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2517 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2518 **
2519 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2520 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2521 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2522 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2523 ** the end of the new file instead.
2524 **
2525 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2526 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2527 */
2528 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2529   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2530   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2531   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2532 
2533   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2534    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2535   ){
2536     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2537     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2538     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2539     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2540     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2541     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2542     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2543       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2544         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2545       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2546         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2547         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2548         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2549         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2550         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2551       }
2552       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2553         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2554       }
2555     }
2556   }
2557   return rc;
2558 }
2559 
2560 /*
2561 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2562 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2563 */
2564 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2565   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2566   if( iRet<32 ){
2567     iRet = 512;
2568   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2569     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2570     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2571   }
2572   return iRet;
2573 }
2574 
2575 /*
2576 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2577 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2578 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2579 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2580 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2581 **
2582 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2583 **
2584 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2585 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2586 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2587 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2588 **
2589 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2590 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2591 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2592 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2593 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2594 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2595 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2596 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2597 */
2598 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2599   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2600 
2601   if( pPager->tempFile
2602    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2603               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2604   ){
2605     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2606     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2607     ** call will segfault. */
2608     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2609   }else{
2610     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2611   }
2612 }
2613 
2614 /*
2615 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2616 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2617 **
2618 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2619 **
2620 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2621 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2622 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2623 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2624 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2625 **       sanity checksum.
2626 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2627 **       database to during a rollback.
2628 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2629 **       is this many bytes in size.
2630 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2631 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2632 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2633 **        +  4 byte page number.
2634 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2635 **        +  4 byte checksum
2636 **
2637 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2638 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2639 **
2640 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2641 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2642 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2643 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2644 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2645 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2646 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2647 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2648 **
2649 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2650 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2651 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2652 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2653 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2654 **
2655 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2656 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2657 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2658 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2659 ** been encountered.
2660 **
2661 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2662 ** and an error code is returned.
2663 **
2664 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2665 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2666 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2667 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2668 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2669 ** needed.
2670 */
2671 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2672   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2673   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2674   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2675   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2676   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2677   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2678   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2679   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2680   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2681   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2682 
2683   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2684   ** the journal is empty.
2685   */
2686   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2687   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2688   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2689     goto end_playback;
2690   }
2691 
2692   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2693   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2694   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2695   ** played back.
2696   **
2697   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2698   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2699   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2700   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2701   ** for pageSize.
2702   */
2703   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2704   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2705   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2706     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2707   }
2708   zMaster = 0;
2709   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2710     goto end_playback;
2711   }
2712   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2713   needPagerReset = isHot;
2714 
2715   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2716   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2717   ** occurs.
2718   */
2719   while( 1 ){
2720     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2721     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2722     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2723     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2724     */
2725     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2726     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2727       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2728         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2729       }
2730       goto end_playback;
2731     }
2732 
2733     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2734     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2735     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2736     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2737     */
2738     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2739       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2740       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2741     }
2742 
2743     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2744     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2745     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2746     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2747     ** size of the file.
2748     **
2749     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2750     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2751     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2752     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2753     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2754     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2755     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2756     */
2757     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2758         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2759       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2760     }
2761 
2762     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2763     ** database file back to its original size.
2764     */
2765     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2766       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2767       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2768         goto end_playback;
2769       }
2770       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2771     }
2772 
2773     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2774     ** database file and/or page cache.
2775     */
2776     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2777       if( needPagerReset ){
2778         pager_reset(pPager);
2779         needPagerReset = 0;
2780       }
2781       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2782       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2783         nPlayback++;
2784       }else{
2785         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2786           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2787           break;
2788         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2789           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2790           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2791           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2792           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2793           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2794           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2795           goto end_playback;
2796         }else{
2797           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2798           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2799           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2800           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2801           */
2802           goto end_playback;
2803         }
2804       }
2805     }
2806   }
2807   /*NOTREACHED*/
2808   assert( 0 );
2809 
2810 end_playback:
2811   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2812   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2813   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2814   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2815   */
2816 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2817   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2818     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2819   }
2820 #endif
2821 
2822   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2823   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2824   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2825   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2826   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2827   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2828   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2829   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2830   */
2831   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2832 
2833   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2834     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2835     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2836     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2837   }
2838   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2839    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2840   ){
2841     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2842   }
2843   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2844     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2845     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2846   }
2847   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2848     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2849     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2850     */
2851     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2852     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2853   }
2854   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2855     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2856                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2857   }
2858 
2859   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2860   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2861   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2862   */
2863   setSectorSize(pPager);
2864   return rc;
2865 }
2866 
2867 
2868 /*
2869 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2870 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2871 ** file before this function is called.
2872 **
2873 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2874 ** the value read from the database file.
2875 **
2876 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2877 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2878 */
2879 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2880   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2881   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2882   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2883   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2884 
2885   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2886   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2887 
2888 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2889   if( iFrame ){
2890     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2891     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2892   }else
2893 #endif
2894   {
2895     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2896     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2897     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2898       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2899     }
2900   }
2901 
2902   if( pgno==1 ){
2903     if( rc ){
2904       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2905       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2906       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2907       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2908       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2909       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2910       **
2911       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2912       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2913       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2914       ** we should still be ok.
2915       */
2916       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2917     }else{
2918       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2919       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2920     }
2921   }
2922   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2923 
2924   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2925   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2926   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2927   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2928                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2929 
2930   return rc;
2931 }
2932 
2933 /*
2934 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2935 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2936 **
2937 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2938 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2939 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2940 */
2941 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2942   u32 change_counter;
2943 
2944   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2945   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2946   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2947 
2948   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2949   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2950   ** is valid. */
2951   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2952   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2953 }
2954 
2955 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2956 /*
2957 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2958 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2959 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2960 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2961 **
2962 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2963 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2964 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2965 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2966 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2967 */
2968 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
2969   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2970   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
2971   PgHdr *pPg;
2972 
2973   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2974   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
2975   if( pPg ){
2976     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
2977       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
2978     }else{
2979       u32 iFrame = 0;
2980       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2981       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2982         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
2983       }
2984       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2985         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2986       }
2987       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
2988     }
2989   }
2990 
2991   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
2992   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
2993   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
2994   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
2995   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
2996   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
2997   ** the backups must be restarted.
2998   */
2999   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3000 
3001   return rc;
3002 }
3003 
3004 /*
3005 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3006 */
3007 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3008   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3009   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3010 
3011   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3012   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3013   ** following:
3014   **
3015   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3016   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3017   */
3018   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3019   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3020   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3021   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3022     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3023     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3024     pList = pNext;
3025   }
3026 
3027   return rc;
3028 }
3029 
3030 /*
3031 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3032 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3033 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3034 ** changed.
3035 **
3036 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3037 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3038 */
3039 static int pagerWalFrames(
3040   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3041   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3042   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3043   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3044 ){
3045   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3046   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3047 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
3048   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3049 #endif
3050 
3051   assert( pPager->pWal );
3052   assert( pList );
3053 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3054   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3055   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3056     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3057   }
3058 #endif
3059 
3060   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3061   if( isCommit ){
3062     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3063     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3064     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3065     ** list here. */
3066     PgHdr *p;
3067     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3068     nList = 0;
3069     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3070       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3071         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3072         nList++;
3073       }
3074     }
3075     assert( pList );
3076   }else{
3077     nList = 1;
3078   }
3079   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3080 
3081   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3082   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3083       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3084   );
3085   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3086     PgHdr *p;
3087     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3088       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3089     }
3090   }
3091 
3092 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3093   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3094   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3095     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3096   }
3097 #endif
3098 
3099   return rc;
3100 }
3101 
3102 /*
3103 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3104 **
3105 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3106 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3107 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3108 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3109 */
3110 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3111   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3112   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3113 
3114   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3115   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3116 
3117   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3118   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3119   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3120   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3121   */
3122   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3123 
3124   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3125   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3126     pager_reset(pPager);
3127     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3128   }
3129 
3130   return rc;
3131 }
3132 #endif
3133 
3134 /*
3135 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3136 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3137 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3138 **
3139 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3140 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3141 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3142 */
3143 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3144   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3145 
3146   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3147   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3148   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3149   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3150   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3151   */
3152   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3153   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3154   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3155 
3156   /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
3157   ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
3158   ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
3159   ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
3160   ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
3161   */
3162   if( nPage==0 ){
3163     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3164     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3165     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3166       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3167       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3168         return rc;
3169       }
3170     }
3171     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3172   }
3173 
3174   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3175   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3176   ** that the file can be read.
3177   */
3178   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3179     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3180   }
3181 
3182   *pnPage = nPage;
3183   return SQLITE_OK;
3184 }
3185 
3186 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3187 /*
3188 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3189 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3190 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3191 **
3192 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3193 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3194 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3195 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3196 **
3197 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3198 **
3199 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3200 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3201 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3202 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3203 ** other connection.
3204 */
3205 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3206   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3207   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3208   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3209 
3210   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3211     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3212     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3213 
3214     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3215     if( rc ) return rc;
3216     if( nPage==0 ){
3217       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3218       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3219       isWal = 0;
3220     }else{
3221       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3222           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3223       );
3224     }
3225     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3226       if( isWal ){
3227         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3228         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3229       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3230         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3231       }
3232     }
3233   }
3234   return rc;
3235 }
3236 #endif
3237 
3238 /*
3239 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3240 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3241 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3242 ** savepoint.
3243 **
3244 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3245 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3246 ** performed in the order specified:
3247 **
3248 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3249 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3250 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3251 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3252 **
3253 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3254 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3255 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3256 **
3257 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3258 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3259 **     the journal file.
3260 **
3261 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3262 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3263 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3264 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3265 **
3266 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3267 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3268 **
3269 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3270 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3271 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3272 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3273 */
3274 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3275   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3276   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3277   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3278   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3279 
3280   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3281   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3282 
3283   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3284   if( pSavepoint ){
3285     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3286     if( !pDone ){
3287       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3288     }
3289   }
3290 
3291   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3292   ** being reverted was opened.
3293   */
3294   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3295   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3296 
3297   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3298     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3299   }
3300 
3301   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3302   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3303   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3304   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3305   */
3306   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3307   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3308 
3309   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3310   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3311   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3312   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3313   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3314   ** are played back.
3315   */
3316   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3317     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3318     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3319     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3320       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3321     }
3322     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3323   }else{
3324     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3325   }
3326 
3327   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3328   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3329   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3330   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3331   */
3332   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3333     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3334     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3335     u32 dummy;
3336     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3337     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3338 
3339     /*
3340     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3341     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3342     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3343     */
3344     if( nJRec==0
3345      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3346     ){
3347       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3348     }
3349     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3350       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3351     }
3352     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3353   }
3354   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3355 
3356   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3357   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3358   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3359   */
3360   if( pSavepoint ){
3361     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3362     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3363 
3364     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3365       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3366     }
3367     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3368       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3369       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3370     }
3371     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3372   }
3373 
3374   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3375   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3376     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3377   }
3378 
3379   return rc;
3380 }
3381 
3382 /*
3383 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
3384 */
3385 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3386   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3387 }
3388 
3389 /*
3390 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3391 */
3392 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3393 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3394   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3395   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3396     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3397     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3398     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3399     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3400   }
3401 #endif
3402 }
3403 
3404 /*
3405 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3406 */
3407 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3408   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3409   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3410 }
3411 
3412 /*
3413 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3414 */
3415 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3416   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3417 }
3418 
3419 /*
3420 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3421 **
3422 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3423 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3424 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3425 ** There are three levels:
3426 **
3427 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3428 **              for temporary and transient files.
3429 **
3430 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3431 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3432 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3433 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3434 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3435 **              when it is rolled back.
3436 **
3437 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3438 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3439 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3440 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3441 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3442 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3443 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3444 **
3445 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3446 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3447 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3448 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3449 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3450 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3451 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3452 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3453 **
3454 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3455 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3456 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3457 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3458 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3459 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3460 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3461 **
3462 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3463 ** and FULL=3.
3464 */
3465 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3466 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3467   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3468   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3469 ){
3470   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3471   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3472   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3473   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3474   if( pPager->noSync ){
3475     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3476     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3477   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3478     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3479     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3480   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3481     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3482     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3483   }else{
3484     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3485     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3486   }
3487   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3488   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3489     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3490   }
3491   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3492     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3493   }else{
3494     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3495   }
3496 }
3497 #endif
3498 
3499 /*
3500 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3501 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3502 ** testing and analysis only.
3503 */
3504 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3505 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3506 #endif
3507 
3508 /*
3509 ** Open a temporary file.
3510 **
3511 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3512 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3513 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3514 **
3515 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3516 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3517 **
3518 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3519 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3520 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3521 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3522 */
3523 static int pagerOpentemp(
3524   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3525   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3526   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3527 ){
3528   int rc;               /* Return code */
3529 
3530 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3531   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3532 #endif
3533 
3534   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3535             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3536   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3537   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3538   return rc;
3539 }
3540 
3541 /*
3542 ** Set the busy handler function.
3543 **
3544 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3545 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3546 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3547 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3548 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3549 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3550 **
3551 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3552 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3553 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3554 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3555 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3556 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3557 **
3558 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3559 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3560 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3561 */
3562 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3563   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3564   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3565   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3566 ){
3567   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3568   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3569 
3570   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3571     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3572     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3573     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3574     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3575   }
3576 }
3577 
3578 /*
3579 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3580 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3581 **
3582 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3583 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3584 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3585 **
3586 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3587 **
3588 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3589 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3590 **
3591 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3592 **
3593 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3594 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3595 **
3596 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3597 **
3598 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3599 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3600 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3601 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3602 **
3603 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3604 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3605 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3606 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3607 */
3608 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3609   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3610 
3611   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3612   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3613   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3614   **
3615   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3616   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3617   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3618   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3619   */
3620 
3621   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3622   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3623   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3624    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3625    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3626   ){
3627     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3628     i64 nByte = 0;
3629 
3630     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3631       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3632     }
3633     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3634       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3635       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3636     }
3637 
3638     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3639       pager_reset(pPager);
3640       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3641     }
3642     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3643       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3644       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3645       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3646       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3647     }else{
3648       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3649     }
3650   }
3651 
3652   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3653   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3654     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3655     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3656     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3657     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3658     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3659   }
3660   return rc;
3661 }
3662 
3663 /*
3664 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3665 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3666 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3667 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3668 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3669 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3670 */
3671 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3672   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3673 }
3674 
3675 /*
3676 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3677 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3678 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3679 **
3680 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3681 */
3682 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3683   if( mxPage>0 ){
3684     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3685   }
3686   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3687   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3688   return pPager->mxPgno;
3689 }
3690 
3691 /*
3692 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3693 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3694 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3695 **
3696 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3697 ** and generate no code.
3698 */
3699 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3700 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3701 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3702 static int saved_cnt;
3703 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3704   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3705   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3706 }
3707 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3708   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3709 }
3710 #else
3711 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3712 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3713 #endif
3714 
3715 /*
3716 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3717 ** that pDest points to.
3718 **
3719 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3720 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3721 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3722 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3723 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3724 **
3725 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3726 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3727 ** output buffer undefined.
3728 */
3729 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3730   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3731   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3732   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3733 
3734   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3735   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3736   ** to WAL mode yet.
3737   */
3738   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3739 
3740   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3741     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3742     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3743     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3744       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3745     }
3746   }
3747   return rc;
3748 }
3749 
3750 /*
3751 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3752 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3753 **
3754 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3755 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3756 */
3757 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3758   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3759   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3760   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3761 }
3762 
3763 
3764 /*
3765 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3766 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3767 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3768 **
3769 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3770 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3771 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3772 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3773 **
3774 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3775 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3776 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3777 */
3778 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3779   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3780 
3781   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3782   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3783   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3784   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3785   */
3786   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3787        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3788        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3789   );
3790 
3791   do {
3792     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3793   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3794   return rc;
3795 }
3796 
3797 /*
3798 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3799 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3800 **
3801 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3802 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3803 **
3804 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3805 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3806 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3807 **
3808 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3809 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3810 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3811 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3812 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3813 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3814 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3815 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3816 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3817 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3818 */
3819 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3820 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3821   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3822   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3823 }
3824 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3825   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3826 }
3827 #else
3828 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3829 #endif
3830 
3831 /*
3832 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3833 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3834 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3835 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3836 **
3837 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3838 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3839 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3840 ** then continue writing to the database.
3841 */
3842 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3843   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3844   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3845   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3846 
3847   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3848   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3849   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3850   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3851   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3852   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3853   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3854   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3855   ** is no longer correct. */
3856 }
3857 
3858 
3859 /*
3860 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3861 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3862 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3863 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3864 **
3865 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3866 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3867 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3868 ** content as this process.
3869 **
3870 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3871 ** an SQLite error code.
3872 */
3873 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3874   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3875   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3876     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3877   }
3878   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3879     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3880   }
3881   return rc;
3882 }
3883 
3884 /*
3885 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3886 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3887 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3888 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3889 ** *ppPage to zero.
3890 **
3891 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3892 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3893 */
3894 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3895   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3896   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3897   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3898   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3899 ){
3900   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3901 
3902   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3903     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3904     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3905     p->pDirty = 0;
3906     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3907   }else{
3908     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3909     if( p==0 ){
3910       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3911       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3912     }
3913     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3914     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3915     p->nRef = 1;
3916     p->pPager = pPager;
3917   }
3918 
3919   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3920   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3921   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3922   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3923   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3924 
3925   p->pgno = pgno;
3926   p->pData = pData;
3927   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3928 
3929   return SQLITE_OK;
3930 }
3931 
3932 /*
3933 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3934 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3935 */
3936 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3937   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3938   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3939   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3940   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3941 
3942   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3943   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3944 }
3945 
3946 /*
3947 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3948 */
3949 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3950   PgHdr *p;
3951   PgHdr *pNext;
3952   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3953     pNext = p->pDirty;
3954     sqlite3_free(p);
3955   }
3956 }
3957 
3958 
3959 /*
3960 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
3961 **
3962 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3963 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
3964 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
3965 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
3966 ** result in a coredump.
3967 **
3968 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
3969 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
3970 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
3971 ** to the caller.
3972 */
3973 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
3974   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
3975 
3976   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3977   disable_simulated_io_errors();
3978   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
3979   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
3980   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
3981   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
3982 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3983   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
3984   pPager->pWal = 0;
3985 #endif
3986   pager_reset(pPager);
3987   if( MEMDB ){
3988     pager_unlock(pPager);
3989   }else{
3990     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
3991     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
3992     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
3993     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
3994     **
3995     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
3996     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
3997     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
3998     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
3999     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4000     */
4001     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4002       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4003     }
4004     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4005   }
4006   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4007   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4008   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4009   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4010   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4011   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4012   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4013   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4014 
4015 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4016   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4017 #endif
4018 
4019   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4020   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4021 
4022   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4023   return SQLITE_OK;
4024 }
4025 
4026 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4027 /*
4028 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4029 */
4030 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4031   return pPg->pgno;
4032 }
4033 #endif
4034 
4035 /*
4036 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4037 */
4038 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4039   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4040 }
4041 
4042 /*
4043 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4044 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4045 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4046 **
4047 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4048 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4049 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4050 **
4051 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4052 **     be taken.
4053 **
4054 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4055 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4056 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4057 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4058 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4059 **
4060 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4061 **     journal file is synced.
4062 **
4063 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4064 **
4065 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4066 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4067 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4068 **       <update nRec field>
4069 **     }
4070 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4071 **   }
4072 **
4073 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4074 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4075 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4076 */
4077 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4078   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4079 
4080   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4081        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4082   );
4083   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4084   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4085 
4086   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4087   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4088 
4089   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4090     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4091     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4092       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4093       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4094 
4095       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4096         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4097         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4098         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4099         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4100         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4101         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4102         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4103         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4104         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4105         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4106         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4107         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4108         **
4109         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4110         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4111         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4112         **
4113         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4114         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4115         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4116         ** the potential journal header.
4117         */
4118         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4119         u8 aMagic[8];
4120         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4121 
4122         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4123         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4124 
4125         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4126         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4127         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4128           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4129           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4130         }
4131         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4132           return rc;
4133         }
4134 
4135         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4136         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4137         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4138         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4139         **
4140         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4141         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4142         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4143         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4144         ** and never needs to be updated.
4145         */
4146         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4147           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4148           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4149           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4150           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4151         }
4152         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4153         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4154             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4155         );
4156         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4157       }
4158       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4159         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4160         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4161         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4162           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4163         );
4164         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4165       }
4166 
4167       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4168       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4169         pPager->nRec = 0;
4170         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4171         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4172       }
4173     }else{
4174       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4175     }
4176   }
4177 
4178   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4179   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4180   ** all pages.
4181   */
4182   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4183   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4184   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4185   return SQLITE_OK;
4186 }
4187 
4188 /*
4189 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4190 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4191 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4192 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4193 ** a no-op.
4194 **
4195 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4196 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4197 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4198 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4199 **
4200 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4201 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4202 ** written out.
4203 **
4204 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4205 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4206 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4207 **
4208 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4209 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4210 **
4211 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4212 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4213 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4214 ** the database file.
4215 **
4216 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4217 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4218 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4219 */
4220 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4221   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4222 
4223   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4224   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4225   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4226   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4227 
4228   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4229   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4230   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4231   */
4232   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4233     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4234     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4235   }
4236 
4237   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4238   ** file size will be.
4239   */
4240   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4241   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4242    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4243    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4244   ){
4245     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4246     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4247     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4248   }
4249 
4250   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4251     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4252 
4253     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4254     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4255     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4256     ** any such pages to the file.
4257     **
4258     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4259     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4260     */
4261     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4262       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4263       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4264 
4265       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4266       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4267 
4268       /* Encode the database */
4269       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4270 
4271       /* Write out the page data. */
4272       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4273 
4274       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4275       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4276       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4277       */
4278       if( pgno==1 ){
4279         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4280       }
4281       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4282         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4283       }
4284       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4285 
4286       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4287       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4288 
4289       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4290                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4291       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4292       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4293     }else{
4294       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4295     }
4296     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4297     pList = pList->pDirty;
4298   }
4299 
4300   return rc;
4301 }
4302 
4303 /*
4304 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4305 ** function is a no-op.
4306 **
4307 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4308 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4309 ** fails.
4310 */
4311 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4312   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4313   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4314     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4315       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4316     }else{
4317       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4318     }
4319   }
4320   return rc;
4321 }
4322 
4323 /*
4324 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4325 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
4326 ** that it is really required before calling this function.
4327 **
4328 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4329 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4330 **
4331 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4332 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4333 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4334 ** bitvec.
4335 */
4336 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4337   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4338   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4339   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4340 
4341     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4342     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4343     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4344     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4345     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4346          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4347          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4348     );
4349     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4350 
4351     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4352     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4353     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4354       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4355       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4356       char *pData2;
4357 
4358       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4359       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4360       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4361       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4362         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4363       }
4364     }
4365   }
4366   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4367     pPager->nSubRec++;
4368     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4369     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4370   }
4371   return rc;
4372 }
4373 
4374 /*
4375 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4376 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4377 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4378 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4379 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4380 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4381 ** argument.
4382 **
4383 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4384 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4385 ** journal file.
4386 **
4387 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4388 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4389 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4390 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4391 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4392 */
4393 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4394   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4395   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4396 
4397   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4398   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4399 
4400   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4401   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4402   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4403   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4404   **
4405   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4406   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4407   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4408   **
4409   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4410   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4411   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4412   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4413   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4414   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4415   */
4416   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4417   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4418   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4419   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4420   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4421    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4422       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4423   ){
4424     return SQLITE_OK;
4425   }
4426 
4427   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4428   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4429     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4430     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4431       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4432     }
4433     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4434       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4435     }
4436   }else{
4437 
4438     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4439     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4440      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4441     ){
4442       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4443     }
4444 
4445     /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
4446     ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
4447     ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
4448     ** actually write data to the file in this case.
4449     **
4450     ** Consider the following sequence of events:
4451     **
4452     **   BEGIN;
4453     **     <journal page X>
4454     **     <modify page X>
4455     **     SAVEPOINT sp;
4456     **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
4457     **       pagerStress(page X)
4458     **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
4459     **
4460     ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
4461     ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
4462     ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
4463     ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
4464     ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
4465     ** was executed.
4466     **
4467     ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
4468     ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
4469     ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
4470     ** executed.
4471     */
4472     if( NEVER(
4473         rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
4474     ) ){
4475       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
4476     }
4477 
4478     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4479     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4480       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4481       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4482     }
4483   }
4484 
4485   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4486   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4487     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4488     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4489   }
4490 
4491   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4492 }
4493 
4494 
4495 /*
4496 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4497 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4498 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4499 **
4500 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4501 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4502 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4503 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4504 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4505 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4506 **
4507 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4508 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4509 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4510 **
4511 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4512 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4513 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4514 **
4515 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4516 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4517 **
4518 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4519 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4520 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4521 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4522 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4523 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4524 */
4525 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4526   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4527   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4528   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4529   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4530   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4531   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4532   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4533 ){
4534   u8 *pPtr;
4535   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4536   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4537   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4538   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4539   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4540   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4541   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4542   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4543   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4544   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4545   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4546   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4547   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4548 
4549   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4550   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4551   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4552   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4553   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4554   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4555   ** source file journal.c).
4556   */
4557   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4558     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4559   }else{
4560     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4561   }
4562 
4563   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4564   *ppPager = 0;
4565 
4566 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4567   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4568     memDb = 1;
4569     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4570       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4571       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4572       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4573       zFilename = 0;
4574     }
4575   }
4576 #endif
4577 
4578   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4579   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4580   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4581   */
4582   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4583     const char *z;
4584     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4585     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4586     if( zPathname==0 ){
4587       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4588     }
4589     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4590     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4591     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4592     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4593     while( *z ){
4594       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4595       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4596     }
4597     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4598     assert( nUri>=0 );
4599     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4600       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4601       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4602       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4603       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4604       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4605       */
4606       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4607     }
4608     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4609       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4610       return rc;
4611     }
4612   }
4613 
4614   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4615   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4616   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4617   **
4618   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4619   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4620   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4621   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4622   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4623   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4624   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4625   */
4626   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4627     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4628     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4629     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4630     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4631     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4632     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4633 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4634     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4635 #endif
4636   );
4637   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4638   if( !pPtr ){
4639     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4640     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4641   }
4642   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4643   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4644   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4645   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4646   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4647   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4648   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4649 
4650   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4651   if( zPathname ){
4652     assert( nPathname>0 );
4653     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4654     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4655     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4656     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4657     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4658     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4659 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4660     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4661     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4662     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4663     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4664 #endif
4665     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4666   }
4667   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4668   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4669 
4670   /* Open the pager file.
4671   */
4672   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4673     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4674     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4675     assert( !memDb );
4676     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4677 
4678     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4679     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4680     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4681     **
4682     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4683     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4684     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4685     */
4686     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4687       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4688       if( !readOnly ){
4689         setSectorSize(pPager);
4690         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4691         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4692           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4693             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4694           }else{
4695             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4696           }
4697         }
4698 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4699         {
4700           int ii;
4701           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4702           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4703           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4704           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4705             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4706               szPageDflt = ii;
4707             }
4708           }
4709         }
4710 #endif
4711       }
4712       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4713       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4714        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4715           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4716           goto act_like_temp_file;
4717       }
4718     }
4719   }else{
4720     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4721     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4722     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4723     **
4724     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4725     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4726     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4727     **
4728     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4729     */
4730 act_like_temp_file:
4731     tempFile = 1;
4732     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4733     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */
4734     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4735     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4736   }
4737 
4738   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4739   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4740   */
4741   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4742     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4743     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4744     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4745   }
4746 
4747   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4748   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4749     assert( nExtra<1000 );
4750     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4751     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4752                            !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4753   }
4754 
4755   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4756   */
4757   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4758     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4759     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4760     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4761     return rc;
4762   }
4763 
4764   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4765   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4766 
4767   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4768   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4769   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4770   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4771   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4772   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4773   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4774   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4775   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4776   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4777   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4778   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4779           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4780   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4781   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4782   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4783   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4784   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4785   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4786   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4787   if( pPager->noSync ){
4788     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4789     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4790     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4791     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4792   }else{
4793     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4794     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4795     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4796     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4797   }
4798   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4799   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4800   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4801   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4802   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4803   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4804   setSectorSize(pPager);
4805   if( !useJournal ){
4806     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4807   }else if( memDb ){
4808     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4809   }
4810   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4811   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4812   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4813   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4814   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4815 
4816   *ppPager = pPager;
4817   return SQLITE_OK;
4818 }
4819 
4820 
4821 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4822 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4823 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4824 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4825 */
4826 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4827   int bHasMoved = 0;
4828   int rc;
4829 
4830   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4831   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4832   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4833   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4834   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4835     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4836     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4837     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4838     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4839   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4840     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4841   }
4842   return rc;
4843 }
4844 
4845 
4846 /*
4847 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4848 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4849 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4850 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4851 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4852 **
4853 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4854 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4855 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4856 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4857 **
4858 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4859 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4860 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4861 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4862 ** is returned.
4863 **
4864 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4865 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4866 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4867 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4868 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4869 ** will not roll it back.
4870 **
4871 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4872 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4873 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4874 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4875 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4876 */
4877 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4878   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4879   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4880   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4881   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4882 
4883   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4884   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4885   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4886 
4887   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4888     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4889   ));
4890 
4891   *pExists = 0;
4892   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4893     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4894   }
4895   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4896     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4897 
4898     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4899     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4900     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4901     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4902     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4903     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4904     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4905     */
4906     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4907     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4908       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4909 
4910       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4911       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4912         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4913         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4914         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4915         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4916         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4917         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4918         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4919         */
4920         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4921           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4922           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4923             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4924             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4925           }
4926           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4927         }else{
4928           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4929           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4930           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4931           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4932           ** it can be ignored.
4933           */
4934           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4935             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4936             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4937           }
4938           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4939             u8 first = 0;
4940             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4941             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4942               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4943             }
4944             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4945               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4946             }
4947             *pExists = (first!=0);
4948           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4949             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4950             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4951             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4952             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4953             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4954             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4955             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4956             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4957             */
4958             *pExists = 1;
4959             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4960           }
4961         }
4962       }
4963     }
4964   }
4965 
4966   return rc;
4967 }
4968 
4969 /*
4970 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4971 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
4972 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4973 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4974 **
4975 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
4976 **
4977 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
4978 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
4979 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
4980 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
4981 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
4982 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
4983 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
4984 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
4985 **
4986 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
4987 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
4988 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
4989 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
4990 **      file.
4991 **
4992 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4993 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
4994 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
4995 */
4996 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
4997   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
4998 
4999   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5000   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5001   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5002   ** exclusive access mode.
5003   */
5004   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5005   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5006   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5007   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
5008 
5009   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5010     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5011 
5012     assert( !MEMDB );
5013 
5014     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5015     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5016       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5017       goto failed;
5018     }
5019 
5020     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5021     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5022     */
5023     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5024       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5025     }
5026     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5027       goto failed;
5028     }
5029     if( bHotJournal ){
5030       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5031         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5032         goto failed;
5033       }
5034 
5035       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5036       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5037       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5038       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5039       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5040       ** hot-journal back.
5041       **
5042       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5043       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5044       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5045       ** on the database file.
5046       **
5047       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5048       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5049       */
5050       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5051       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5052         goto failed;
5053       }
5054 
5055       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5056       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5057       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5058       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5059       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5060       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5061       **
5062       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5063       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5064       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5065       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5066       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5067       */
5068       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5069         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5070         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5071         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5072             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5073         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5074           int fout = 0;
5075           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5076           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5077           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5078           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5079           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5080             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5081             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5082           }
5083         }
5084       }
5085 
5086       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5087       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5088       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5089       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5090       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5091       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5092       ** the journal before playing it back.
5093       */
5094       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5095         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5096         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5097         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5098           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5099           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5100         }
5101       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5102         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5103       }
5104 
5105       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5106         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5107         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5108         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5109         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5110         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5111         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5112         **
5113         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5114         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5115         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5116         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5117         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5118         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5119         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5120         ** references.
5121         */
5122         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5123         goto failed;
5124       }
5125 
5126       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5127       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5128            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5129       );
5130     }
5131 
5132     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasBeenUsed ){
5133       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5134       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5135       ** flush the cache.  The pPager->hasBeenUsed flag prevents this from
5136       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5137       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5138       **
5139       ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5140       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5141       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5142       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5143       ** a codec is in use.
5144       **
5145       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5146       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5147       ** it can be neglected.
5148       */
5149       Pgno nPage = 0;
5150       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5151 
5152       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5153       if( rc ) goto failed;
5154 
5155       if( nPage>0 ){
5156         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5157         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5158         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5159           goto failed;
5160         }
5161       }else{
5162         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5163       }
5164 
5165       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5166         pager_reset(pPager);
5167 
5168         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5169         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5170         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5171         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5172         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5173         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5174         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5175           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5176         }
5177       }
5178     }
5179 
5180     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5181     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5182     */
5183     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5184 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5185     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5186 #endif
5187   }
5188 
5189   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5190     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5191     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5192   }
5193 
5194   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5195     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5196   }
5197 
5198  failed:
5199   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5200     assert( !MEMDB );
5201     pager_unlock(pPager);
5202     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5203   }else{
5204     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5205   }
5206   return rc;
5207 }
5208 
5209 /*
5210 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5211 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5212 **
5213 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5214 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5215 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5216 */
5217 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5218   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5219     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5220   }
5221 }
5222 
5223 /*
5224 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5225 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5226 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5227 **
5228 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5229 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5230 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5231 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5232 ** object with no outstanding references.
5233 **
5234 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5235 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5236 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5237 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5238 **
5239 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5240 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5241 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5242 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5243 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5244 **
5245 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5246 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5247 **
5248 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5249 **
5250 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5251 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5252 **      from the savepoint journal.
5253 **
5254 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5255 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5256 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5257 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5258 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5259 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5260 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5261 **
5262 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5263 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5264 **
5265 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5266 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5267 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5268 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5269 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5270 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5271 ** or journal files.
5272 */
5273 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
5274   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5275   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5276   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5277   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5278 ){
5279   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5280   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5281   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5282   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5283 
5284   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5285   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5286   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5287   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5288   const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5289    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5290 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5291    && pPager->xCodec==0
5292 #endif
5293   );
5294 
5295   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5296   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5297   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5298 
5299   if( pgno==0 ){
5300     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5301   }
5302   pPager->hasBeenUsed = 1;
5303 
5304   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5305   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5306   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5307     rc = pPager->errCode;
5308   }else{
5309     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5310       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5311       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5312     }
5313 
5314     if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5315       void *pData = 0;
5316 
5317       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5318           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5319       );
5320 
5321       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5322         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5323           pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5324         }
5325         if( pPg==0 ){
5326           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5327         }else{
5328           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5329         }
5330         if( pPg ){
5331           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5332           *ppPage = pPg;
5333           return SQLITE_OK;
5334         }
5335       }
5336       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5337         goto pager_acquire_err;
5338       }
5339     }
5340 
5341     {
5342       sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5343       pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5344       if( pBase==0 ){
5345         rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5346         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5347       }
5348       pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5349       if( pPg==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
5350     }
5351   }
5352 
5353   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5354     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5355     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5356     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5357     pPg = 0;
5358     goto pager_acquire_err;
5359   }
5360   assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
5361   assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
5362 
5363   if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
5364     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5365     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5366     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5367     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5368     return SQLITE_OK;
5369 
5370   }else{
5371     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5372     ** be initialized.  */
5373 
5374     pPg = *ppPage;
5375     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5376 
5377     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5378     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5379     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5380       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5381       goto pager_acquire_err;
5382     }
5383 
5384     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5385       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5386         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5387         goto pager_acquire_err;
5388       }
5389       if( noContent ){
5390         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5391         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5392         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5393         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5394         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5395         */
5396         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5397         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5398           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5399           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5400         }
5401         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5402         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5403         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5404       }
5405       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5406       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5407     }else{
5408       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5409         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5410         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5411       }
5412       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5413       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5414       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5415       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5416         goto pager_acquire_err;
5417       }
5418     }
5419     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5420   }
5421 
5422   return SQLITE_OK;
5423 
5424 pager_acquire_err:
5425   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5426   if( pPg ){
5427     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5428   }
5429   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5430 
5431   *ppPage = 0;
5432   return rc;
5433 }
5434 
5435 /*
5436 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5437 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5438 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5439 **
5440 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5441 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5442 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5443 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5444 ** has ever happened.
5445 */
5446 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5447   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5448   assert( pPager!=0 );
5449   assert( pgno!=0 );
5450   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5451   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5452   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasBeenUsed );
5453   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5454 }
5455 
5456 /*
5457 ** Release a page reference.
5458 **
5459 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5460 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5461 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5462 ** removed.
5463 */
5464 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5465   Pager *pPager;
5466   assert( pPg!=0 );
5467   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5468   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5469     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5470   }else{
5471     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5472   }
5473   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5474 }
5475 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5476   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5477 }
5478 
5479 /*
5480 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5481 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5482 ** file when this routine is called.
5483 **
5484 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5485 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5486 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5487 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5488 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5489 **
5490 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5491 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5492 ** already open file.
5493 **
5494 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5495 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5496 **
5497 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5498 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5499 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5500 */
5501 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5502   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5503   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5504 
5505   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5506   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5507   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5508 
5509   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5510   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5511   ** an error state. */
5512   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5513 
5514   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5515     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5516     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5517       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5518     }
5519 
5520     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5521     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5522       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5523         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5524       }else{
5525         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5526           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5527           (pPager->tempFile ?
5528             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5529             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5530           );
5531 
5532         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5533         ** it was originally opened. */
5534         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5535         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5536 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5537           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5538               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5539           );
5540 #else
5541           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5542 #endif
5543         }
5544       }
5545       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5546     }
5547 
5548 
5549     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5550     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5551     */
5552     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5553       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5554       pPager->nRec = 0;
5555       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5556       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5557       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5558       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5559     }
5560   }
5561 
5562   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5563     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5564     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5565   }else{
5566     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5567     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5568   }
5569 
5570   return rc;
5571 }
5572 
5573 /*
5574 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5575 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5576 **
5577 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5578 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5579 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5580 ** functions need be called.
5581 **
5582 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5583 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5584 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5585 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5586 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5587 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5588 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5589 */
5590 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5591   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5592 
5593   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5594   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5595   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5596 
5597   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5598     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5599 
5600     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5601       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5602       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5603       */
5604       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5605         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5606         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5607           return rc;
5608         }
5609         sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5610       }
5611 
5612       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5613       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5614       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5615       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5616       */
5617       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5618     }else{
5619       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5620       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5621       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5622       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5623       */
5624       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5625       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5626         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5627       }
5628     }
5629 
5630     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5631       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5632       **
5633       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5634       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5635       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5636       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5637       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5638       ** WAL mode.
5639       */
5640       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5641       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5642       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5643       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5644       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5645     }
5646 
5647     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5648     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5649     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5650   }
5651 
5652   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5653   return rc;
5654 }
5655 
5656 /*
5657 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5658 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5659 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5660 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5661 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5662 */
5663 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5664   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5665   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5666   int inJournal;
5667 
5668   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5669   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5670   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5671   */
5672   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5673        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5674        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5675   );
5676   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5677   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5678   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5679 
5680   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5681 
5682   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5683   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5684   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5685   **
5686   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5687   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5688   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5689   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5690   */
5691   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5692     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5693     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5694   }
5695   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5696   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5697 
5698   /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
5699   ** to the journal then we can return right away.
5700   */
5701   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5702   inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg);
5703   if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){
5704     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
5705   }else{
5706 
5707     /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
5708     ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
5709     ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
5710     */
5711     if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5712       assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5713       if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5714         u32 cksum;
5715         char *pData2;
5716         i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5717 
5718         /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5719         ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5720         ** that we do not. */
5721         assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5722 
5723         assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5724         CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5725         cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5726 
5727         /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5728         ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5729         ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5730         ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5731         ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5732         ** then corruption may follow.
5733         */
5734         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5735 
5736         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5737         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5738         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5739         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5740         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5741         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5742 
5743         IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5744                  pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5745         PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5746         PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5747              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5748              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5749 
5750         pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5751         pPager->nRec++;
5752         assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5753         rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5754         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5755         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5756         rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5757         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5758           assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5759           return rc;
5760         }
5761       }else{
5762         if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5763           pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5764         }
5765         PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5766                 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5767                ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5768       }
5769     }
5770 
5771     /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5772     ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
5773     ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
5774     ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
5775     */
5776     if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
5777       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
5778     }
5779   }
5780 
5781   /* Update the database size and return.
5782   */
5783   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5784     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5785   }
5786   return rc;
5787 }
5788 
5789 /*
5790 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5791 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5792 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5793 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5794 ** a write.
5795 **
5796 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5797 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the exceptional
5798 ** case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5799 */
5800 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5801   int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Return code */
5802   Pgno nPageCount;               /* Total number of pages in database file */
5803   Pgno pg1;                      /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5804   int nPage = 0;                 /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5805   int ii;                        /* Loop counter */
5806   int needSync = 0;              /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5807   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;   /* The pager that owns pPg */
5808   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5809 
5810   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5811   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5812   ** this function.
5813   */
5814   assert( !MEMDB );
5815   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5816   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5817 
5818   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5819   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5820   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5821   */
5822   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5823 
5824   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5825   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5826     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5827   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5828     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5829   }else{
5830     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5831   }
5832   assert(nPage>0);
5833   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5834   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5835 
5836   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5837     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5838     PgHdr *pPage;
5839     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5840       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5841         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
5842         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5843           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5844           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5845             needSync = 1;
5846           }
5847           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5848         }
5849       }
5850     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5851       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5852         needSync = 1;
5853       }
5854       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5855     }
5856   }
5857 
5858   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5859   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5860   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5861   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5862   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5863   */
5864   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5865     assert( !MEMDB );
5866     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5867       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5868       if( pPage ){
5869         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5870         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5871       }
5872     }
5873   }
5874 
5875   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5876   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5877   return rc;
5878 }
5879 
5880 /*
5881 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5882 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5883 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5884 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5885 **
5886 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5887 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5888 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5889 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5890 **
5891 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5892 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5893 */
5894 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5895   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5896   assert( pPg->pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5897   assert( pPg->pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5898   assert( assert_pager_state(pPg->pPager) );
5899   if( pPg->pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPg->pPager->pageSize ){
5900     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
5901   }else{
5902     return pager_write(pPg);
5903   }
5904 }
5905 
5906 /*
5907 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5908 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5909 ** to change the content of the page.
5910 */
5911 #ifndef NDEBUG
5912 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5913   return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
5914 }
5915 #endif
5916 
5917 /*
5918 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5919 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5920 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5921 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5922 ** content no longer matters.
5923 **
5924 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5925 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5926 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5927 **
5928 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5929 ** DELETE operations.
5930 */
5931 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5932   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5933   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5934     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5935     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5936     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5937     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5938   }
5939 }
5940 
5941 /*
5942 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5943 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5944 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
5945 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5946 **
5947 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5948 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5949 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
5950 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
5951 **
5952 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
5953 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
5954 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
5955 ** transaction is committed.
5956 **
5957 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
5958 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
5959 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
5960 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
5961 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
5962 */
5963 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
5964   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5965 
5966   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5967        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5968   );
5969   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5970 
5971   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
5972   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
5973   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
5974   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
5975   **
5976   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
5977   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
5978   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
5979   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
5980   */
5981 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5982 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
5983   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
5984   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
5985 #else
5986 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
5987 #endif
5988 
5989   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
5990     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
5991 
5992     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5993 
5994     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
5995     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
5996     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5997 
5998     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
5999     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6000     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6001     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6002     */
6003     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6004       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6005     }
6006 
6007     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6008       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6009       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6010 
6011       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6012       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6013         const void *zBuf;
6014         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6015         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
6016         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6017           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6018           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6019         }
6020         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6021           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6022           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6023           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6024           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6025           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6026           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6027         }
6028       }else{
6029         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6030       }
6031     }
6032 
6033     /* Release the page reference. */
6034     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6035   }
6036   return rc;
6037 }
6038 
6039 /*
6040 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6041 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6042 **
6043 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6044 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6045 */
6046 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6047   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6048 
6049   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6050     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6051     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6052     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6053   }
6054   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6055     assert( !MEMDB );
6056     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6057   }
6058   return rc;
6059 }
6060 
6061 /*
6062 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6063 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6064 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6065 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6066 **
6067 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6068 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6069 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6070 ** returned.
6071 */
6072 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6073   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6074   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6075        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6076        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6077   );
6078   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6079   if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6080     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6081   }
6082   return rc;
6083 }
6084 
6085 /*
6086 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6087 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6088 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6089 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6090 **
6091 ** This routine ensures that:
6092 **
6093 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6094 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6095 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6096 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6097 **   * the database file synced.
6098 **
6099 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6100 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6101 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6102 **
6103 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6104 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6105 **
6106 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6107 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6108 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6109 ** journal file in this case.
6110 */
6111 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6112   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6113   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6114   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6115 ){
6116   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6117 
6118   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6119        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6120        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6121        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6122   );
6123   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6124 
6125   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6126   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6127 
6128   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6129       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6130 
6131   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6132   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6133 
6134   if( MEMDB ){
6135     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6136     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6137     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6138     */
6139     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6140   }else{
6141     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6142       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6143       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6144       if( pList==0 ){
6145         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6146         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6147         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
6148         pList = pPageOne;
6149         pList->pDirty = 0;
6150       }
6151       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6152       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6153         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6154       }
6155       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6156       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6157         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6158       }
6159     }else{
6160       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6161       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6162       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6163       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6164       **
6165       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6166       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6167       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6168       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6169       **
6170       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6171       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6172       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6173       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6174       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6175       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6176       ** mode.
6177       **
6178       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6179       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6180       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6181       ** created for this transaction.
6182       */
6183   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6184       PgHdr *pPg;
6185       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6186            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6187            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6188       );
6189       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6190        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6191        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6192        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6193       ){
6194         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6195         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6196         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6197         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6198         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6199         */
6200         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6201       }else{
6202         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6203         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6204           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6205         }
6206       }
6207   #else
6208       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6209   #endif
6210       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6211 
6212       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6213       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6214       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6215       */
6216       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6217       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6218 
6219       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6220       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6221       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6222       **
6223       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6224       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6225       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6226       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6227       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6228       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6229       */
6230       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6231       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6232 
6233       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6234       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6235         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6236         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6237       }
6238       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6239 
6240       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6241       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6242       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6243       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6244       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6245       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6246       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6247         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6248         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6249         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6250         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6251       }
6252 
6253       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6254       if( !noSync ){
6255         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6256       }
6257       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6258     }
6259   }
6260 
6261 commit_phase_one_exit:
6262   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6263     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6264   }
6265   return rc;
6266 }
6267 
6268 
6269 /*
6270 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6271 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6272 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6273 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6274 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6275 **
6276 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6277 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6278 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6279 ** irrevocably committed.
6280 **
6281 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6282 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6283 */
6284 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6285   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6286 
6287   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6288   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6289   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6290   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6291 
6292   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6293        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6294        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6295   );
6296   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6297 
6298   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6299   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6300   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6301   **
6302   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6303   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6304   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6305   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6306   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6307   ** to drop any locks either.
6308   */
6309   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6310    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6311    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6312   ){
6313     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6314     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6315     return SQLITE_OK;
6316   }
6317 
6318   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6319   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6320   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6321   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6322 }
6323 
6324 /*
6325 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6326 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6327 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6328 ** state if an error occurs.
6329 **
6330 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6331 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6332 **
6333 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6334 **
6335 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6336 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6337 **      was opened, and
6338 **
6339 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6340 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6341 **
6342 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6343 ** rollback is successful.
6344 **
6345 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6346 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6347 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6348 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6349 */
6350 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6351   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6352   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6353 
6354   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6355   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6356   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6357   */
6358   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6359   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6360   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6361 
6362   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6363     int rc2;
6364     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6365     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6366     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6367   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6368     int eState = pPager->eState;
6369     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6370     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6371       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6372       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6373       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6374       */
6375       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6376       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6377       return rc;
6378     }
6379   }else{
6380     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6381   }
6382 
6383   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6384   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6385           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6386           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6387   );
6388 
6389   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6390   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6391   */
6392   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6393 }
6394 
6395 /*
6396 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6397 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6398 */
6399 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6400   return pPager->readOnly;
6401 }
6402 
6403 /*
6404 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
6405 */
6406 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6407   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6408 }
6409 
6410 /*
6411 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6412 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6413 */
6414 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6415   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6416                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6417   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6418            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6419            + pPager->pageSize;
6420 }
6421 
6422 /*
6423 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6424 */
6425 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6426   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6427 }
6428 
6429 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6430 /*
6431 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6432 */
6433 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6434   static int a[11];
6435   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6436   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6437   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6438   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6439   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6440   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6441   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6442   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6443   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6444   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6445   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6446   return a;
6447 }
6448 #endif
6449 
6450 /*
6451 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6452 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6453 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6454 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6455 ** returning.
6456 */
6457 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6458 
6459   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6460        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6461        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6462   );
6463 
6464   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6465   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6466   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6467 
6468   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6469   if( reset ){
6470     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6471   }
6472 }
6473 
6474 /*
6475 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6476 */
6477 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6478   return MEMDB;
6479 }
6480 
6481 /*
6482 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6483 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6484 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6485 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6486 **
6487 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6488 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6489 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6490 */
6491 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6492   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6493   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6494 
6495   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6496   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6497 
6498   if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
6499     int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
6500     PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6501 
6502     /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6503     ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6504     ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6505     */
6506     aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6507         pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6508     );
6509     if( !aNew ){
6510       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6511     }
6512     memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6513     pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6514 
6515     /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6516     for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6517       aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6518       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6519         aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6520       }else{
6521         aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6522       }
6523       aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6524       aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6525       if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6526         return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6527       }
6528       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6529         sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6530       }
6531       pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6532     }
6533     assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6534     assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6535   }
6536 
6537   return rc;
6538 }
6539 
6540 /*
6541 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6542 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6543 ** created savepoint.
6544 **
6545 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6546 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6547 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6548 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6549 **
6550 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6551 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6552 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6553 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6554 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6555 **
6556 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6557 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6558 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6559 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6560 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6561 **
6562 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6563 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6564 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6565 **
6566 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6567 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6568 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6569 */
6570 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6571   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6572 
6573   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6574   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6575 
6576   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6577     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6578     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6579 
6580     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6581     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6582     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6583     */
6584     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6585     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6586       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6587     }
6588     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6589 
6590     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6591     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6592     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6593       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6594         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6595         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6596           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6597           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6598         }
6599         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6600       }
6601     }
6602     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6603     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6604     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6605     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6606     */
6607     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6608       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6609       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6610       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6611     }
6612   }
6613 
6614   return rc;
6615 }
6616 
6617 /*
6618 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6619 **
6620 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6621 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6622 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6623 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6624 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6625 ** participate in shared-cache.
6626 */
6627 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6628   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6629 }
6630 
6631 /*
6632 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6633 */
6634 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6635   return pPager->pVfs;
6636 }
6637 
6638 /*
6639 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6640 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6641 ** not yet been opened.
6642 */
6643 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6644   return pPager->fd;
6645 }
6646 
6647 /*
6648 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6649 */
6650 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6651   return pPager->zJournal;
6652 }
6653 
6654 /*
6655 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
6656 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6657 */
6658 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6659   return pPager->noSync;
6660 }
6661 
6662 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6663 /*
6664 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6665 */
6666 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6667   Pager *pPager,
6668   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6669   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6670   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6671   void *pCodec
6672 ){
6673   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6674   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6675   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6676   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6677   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6678   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6679 }
6680 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6681   return pPager->pCodec;
6682 }
6683 
6684 /*
6685 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6686 ** into the log file.
6687 **
6688 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6689 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6690 */
6691 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6692   void *aData = 0;
6693   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6694   return aData;
6695 }
6696 
6697 /*
6698 ** Return the current pager state
6699 */
6700 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6701   return pPager->eState;
6702 }
6703 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6704 
6705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6706 /*
6707 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6708 **
6709 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6710 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6711 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6712 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6713 **
6714 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6715 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6716 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6717 **
6718 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6719 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6720 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6721 ** transaction is active).
6722 **
6723 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6724 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6725 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6726 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6727 **
6728 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6729 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6730 */
6731 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6732   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6733   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6734   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6735   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6736 
6737   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6738   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6739        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6740   );
6741   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6742 
6743   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6744   ** the page we are moving from.
6745   */
6746   if( MEMDB ){
6747     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6748     if( rc ) return rc;
6749   }
6750 
6751   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6752   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6753   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6754   **
6755   **   BEGIN;
6756   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6757   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6758   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6759   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6760   **
6761   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6762   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6763   ** statement were is processed.
6764   **
6765   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6766   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6767   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6768   */
6769   if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
6770    && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
6771    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
6772   ){
6773     return rc;
6774   }
6775 
6776   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6777       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6778   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6779 
6780   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6781   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6782   **
6783   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6784   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6785   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6786   */
6787   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6788     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6789     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6790             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6791     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6792   }
6793 
6794   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6795   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6796   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6797   ** for the page moved there.
6798   */
6799   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6800   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6801   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6802   if( pPgOld ){
6803     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6804     if( MEMDB ){
6805       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6806       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6807       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6808     }else{
6809       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6810     }
6811   }
6812 
6813   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6814   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6815   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6816 
6817   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6818   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6819   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6820   */
6821   if( MEMDB ){
6822     assert( pPgOld );
6823     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6824     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6825   }
6826 
6827   if( needSyncPgno ){
6828     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6829     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6830     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6831     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6832     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6833     ** flag.
6834     **
6835     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6836     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6837     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6838     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6839     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6840     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6841     */
6842     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6843     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
6844     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6845       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6846         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6847         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6848       }
6849       return rc;
6850     }
6851     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6852     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6853     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6854   }
6855 
6856   return SQLITE_OK;
6857 }
6858 #endif
6859 
6860 /*
6861 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
6862 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
6863 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
6864 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
6865 */
6866 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
6867   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
6868   pPg->flags = flags;
6869   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
6870 }
6871 
6872 /*
6873 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6874 */
6875 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6876   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6877   return pPg->pData;
6878 }
6879 
6880 /*
6881 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6882 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6883 */
6884 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6885   return pPg->pExtra;
6886 }
6887 
6888 /*
6889 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6890 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6891 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6892 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6893 **
6894 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6895 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6896 ** locking-mode.
6897 */
6898 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6899   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6900             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6901             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6902   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6903   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6904   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6905   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6906     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6907   }
6908   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6909 }
6910 
6911 /*
6912 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6913 **
6914 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6915 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6916 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6917 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6918 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6919 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6920 **
6921 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6922 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6923 **
6924 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6925 **      or _MEMORY.
6926 **
6927 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
6928 **
6929 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
6930 */
6931 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6932   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
6933 
6934 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6935   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
6936   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
6937   print_pager_state(pPager);
6938 #endif
6939 
6940 
6941   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
6942   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6943             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6944             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6945             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6946             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6947             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
6948 
6949   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
6950   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
6951   ** to WAL mode.
6952   */
6953   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6954 
6955   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
6956   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
6957   */
6958   if( MEMDB ){
6959     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
6960     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
6961       eMode = eOld;
6962     }
6963   }
6964 
6965   if( eMode!=eOld ){
6966 
6967     /* Change the journal mode. */
6968     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
6969     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
6970 
6971     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
6972     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
6973     ** delete the journal file.
6974     */
6975     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
6976     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
6977     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
6978     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
6979     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
6980     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
6981 
6982     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
6983     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
6984 
6985       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
6986       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
6987       ** here is an optimization only.
6988       **
6989       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
6990       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
6991       ** while it is in use by some other client.
6992       */
6993       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6994       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
6995         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6996       }else{
6997         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6998         int state = pPager->eState;
6999         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7000         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7001           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7002         }
7003         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7004           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7005           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7006         }
7007         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7008           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7009         }
7010         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7011           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7012         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7013           pager_unlock(pPager);
7014         }
7015         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7016       }
7017     }
7018   }
7019 
7020   /* Return the new journal mode */
7021   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7022 }
7023 
7024 /*
7025 ** Return the current journal mode.
7026 */
7027 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7028   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7029 }
7030 
7031 /*
7032 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7033 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7034 ** is unmodified.
7035 */
7036 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7037   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7038   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7039   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7040   return 1;
7041 }
7042 
7043 /*
7044 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7045 **
7046 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7047 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7048 */
7049 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7050   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7051     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7052     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7053   }
7054   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7055 }
7056 
7057 /*
7058 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7059 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7060 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7061 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7062 */
7063 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7064   return &pPager->pBackup;
7065 }
7066 
7067 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7068 /*
7069 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7070 */
7071 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7072   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7073 }
7074 #endif
7075 
7076 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7077 /*
7078 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7079 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7080 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7081 **
7082 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7083 */
7084 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7085   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7086   if( pPager->pWal ){
7087     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7088         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7089         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7090         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7091         pnLog, pnCkpt
7092     );
7093   }
7094   return rc;
7095 }
7096 
7097 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7098   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7099 }
7100 
7101 /*
7102 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7103 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7104 */
7105 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7106   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7107   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7108 }
7109 
7110 /*
7111 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7112 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7113 */
7114 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7115   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7116 
7117   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7118   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7119   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7120     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7121     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7122     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7123   }
7124 
7125   return rc;
7126 }
7127 
7128 /*
7129 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7130 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7131 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7132 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7133 */
7134 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7135   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7136 
7137   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7138   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7139 
7140   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7141   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7142   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7143   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7144   */
7145   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7146     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7147   }
7148 
7149   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7150   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7151   */
7152   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7153     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7154         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7155         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7156     );
7157   }
7158   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7159 
7160   return rc;
7161 }
7162 
7163 
7164 /*
7165 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7166 ** this function.
7167 **
7168 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7169 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7170 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7171 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7172 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7173 ** not modified in either case.
7174 **
7175 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7176 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7177 ** without doing anything.
7178 */
7179 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7180   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7181   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7182 ){
7183   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7184 
7185   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7186   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7187   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7188   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7189   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7190 
7191   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7192     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7193 
7194     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7195     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7196 
7197     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7198     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7199       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7200       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7201     }
7202   }else{
7203     *pbOpen = 1;
7204   }
7205 
7206   return rc;
7207 }
7208 
7209 /*
7210 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7211 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7212 **
7213 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7214 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7215 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7216 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7217 */
7218 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7219   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7220 
7221   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7222 
7223   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7224   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7225   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7226   */
7227   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7228     int logexists = 0;
7229     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7230     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7231       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7232           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7233       );
7234     }
7235     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7236       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7237     }
7238   }
7239 
7240   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7241   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7242   */
7243   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7244     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7245     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7246       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7247                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7248       pPager->pWal = 0;
7249       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7250     }
7251   }
7252   return rc;
7253 }
7254 
7255 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7256 
7257 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7258 /*
7259 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7260 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7261 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7262 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7263 ** is empty, return 0.
7264 */
7265 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7266   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7267   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7268 }
7269 #endif
7270 
7271 
7272 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7273